1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab *got_entries;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab *got_page_entries;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab *bfd2got;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info *next;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info *g;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info *info;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info *primary;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info *current;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs;
225 struct bfd_link_info *info;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info *info;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection *stub_section;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
310 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
311 the dynamic symbols. */
313 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
315 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
317 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
318 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
319 symbol with a GOT entry. */
320 long min_got_dynindx;
321 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
322 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
323 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
324 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
325 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
326 symbol without a GOT entry. */
327 long max_non_got_dynindx;
330 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
331 the global hash table. */
333 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
335 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
337 /* External symbol information. */
340 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
341 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
343 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
345 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
347 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
348 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
351 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
352 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
355 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
356 being called returns a floating point value. */
357 asection *call_fp_stub;
361 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
363 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
364 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
365 unsigned char tls_type;
367 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
368 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
369 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
370 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
371 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
372 overloaded already. */
373 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
375 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
376 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
378 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
379 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
380 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
381 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
383 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
384 is against a readonly section. */
385 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
387 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
388 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
389 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
390 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
392 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
393 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
394 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
395 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
396 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
398 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
399 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
400 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
402 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
403 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
404 la25 stub is required. */
405 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
407 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
408 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
409 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
412 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
414 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
416 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
418 /* We no longer use this. */
419 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
420 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
423 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
424 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
426 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
427 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
429 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
430 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
431 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
433 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
436 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
437 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
439 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
440 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
442 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
443 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
445 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
446 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
448 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
459 /* The master GOT information. */
460 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
462 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
463 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
465 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
466 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
468 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
469 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
471 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
472 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
474 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
475 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
477 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
478 See the comment above that structure for details. */
479 asection *strampoline;
481 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
485 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
486 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
487 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
488 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
490 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
492 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
495 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
497 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
498 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
499 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
501 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
502 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
504 /* The usual link-wide information. */
505 struct bfd_link_info *info;
508 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
512 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
513 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
514 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
515 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
516 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
517 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
518 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
519 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
520 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
521 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
522 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
523 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
524 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
525 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
527 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
532 struct bfd_link_info *info;
533 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
534 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
538 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
540 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
543 "_procedure_string_table",
544 "_procedure_table_size",
548 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
553 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
554 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
555 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
556 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
557 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
558 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
567 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
568 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
569 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
573 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
574 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
575 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
576 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
577 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
578 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
583 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
584 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
585 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
586 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
587 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
595 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
601 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
603 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
605 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
606 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
607 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
608 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
609 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
610 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
611 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
612 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
614 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
615 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
616 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
617 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
618 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
620 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
621 has different meaning for each type:
624 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
625 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
626 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
627 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
630 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
631 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
632 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
633 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
635 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
636 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
637 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
638 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
640 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
641 loader for use by the static exception system. */
643 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
644 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
645 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
646 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
647 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
648 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
649 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
650 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
651 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
652 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
654 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
656 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
657 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
659 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
660 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
661 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
662 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
663 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
664 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
666 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
667 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
668 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
669 bfd_vma *, asection *);
670 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
672 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
673 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
674 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
675 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
677 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
678 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
680 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
681 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
682 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
683 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
684 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
686 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
687 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
688 for RM9000 for now. */
689 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
690 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
692 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
693 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
695 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
697 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
698 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
700 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
702 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
703 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
704 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
706 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
707 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
708 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
710 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
711 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
712 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
714 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
715 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
717 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
718 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
719 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
721 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
722 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
723 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
725 /* The name of the options section. */
726 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
727 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
729 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
730 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
731 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
732 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
734 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
735 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
736 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
737 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
739 /* The name of the stub section. */
740 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
742 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
743 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
744 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
746 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
747 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
748 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
750 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
751 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
752 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
754 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
755 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
756 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
758 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
759 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
760 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
762 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
763 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
764 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
766 /* Get word-sized data. */
767 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
768 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
770 /* Put out word-sized data. */
771 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
773 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
774 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
776 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
777 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
778 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
780 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
781 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
782 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
784 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
785 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
787 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
788 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
789 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
791 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
792 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
793 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
794 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
796 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
797 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
799 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
800 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
802 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
803 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
804 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
806 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
808 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
810 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
811 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
813 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
814 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
815 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
817 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
818 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
819 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
820 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
821 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
822 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
823 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
825 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
826 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
828 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
829 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
831 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
834 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
835 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
836 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
837 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
840 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
841 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
842 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
843 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
844 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
845 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
846 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
847 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
849 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
850 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
852 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
854 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
855 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
858 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
859 floating point arguments.
861 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
862 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
863 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
864 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
865 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
866 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
867 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
868 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
870 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
871 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
872 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
873 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
874 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
875 stub should be discarded.
877 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
878 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
879 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
880 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
881 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
882 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
883 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
886 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
887 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
888 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
890 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
892 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
893 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
894 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
896 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
897 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
898 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
900 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
901 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
903 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
904 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
905 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
906 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
907 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
908 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
909 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
910 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
913 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
914 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
915 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
917 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
918 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
919 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
920 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
921 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
922 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
923 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
924 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
927 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
928 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
929 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
931 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
932 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
933 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
934 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
935 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
936 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
937 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
938 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
941 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
942 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
944 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
945 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
946 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
947 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
950 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
951 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
953 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
954 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
955 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
956 0x00000000, /* nop */
957 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
961 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
962 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
964 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
965 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
966 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
967 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
968 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
969 0x00000000, /* nop */
970 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
974 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
975 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
977 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
978 0x00000000, /* nop */
979 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
980 0x00000000, /* nop */
981 0x00000000, /* nop */
985 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
986 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
988 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
989 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
992 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
994 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
995 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
996 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
999 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1001 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1002 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1004 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1007 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1008 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1010 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1011 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1014 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1016 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1017 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1019 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1023 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1025 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1026 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1028 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1031 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1033 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1034 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1035 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1037 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1038 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1040 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1043 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1045 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1047 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1048 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1049 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1053 /* Set local fields. */
1054 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1055 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1056 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1059 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1060 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1061 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1062 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1063 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1064 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1065 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1066 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1067 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1068 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1069 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1070 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1071 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1074 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1078 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1080 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1082 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1083 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1085 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1088 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1091 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1094 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1095 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1098 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1099 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1102 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1105 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1106 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1108 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1109 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1112 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1113 swap->external_hdr_size))
1116 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1117 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1119 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1121 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1122 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1123 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1126 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1127 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1128 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1129 goto error_return; \
1130 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1131 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1132 goto error_return; \
1135 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1136 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1137 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1138 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1139 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1140 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1142 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1143 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1144 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1145 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1146 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1154 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1156 if (debug->line != NULL)
1158 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1159 free (debug->external_dnr);
1160 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1161 free (debug->external_pdr);
1162 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1163 free (debug->external_sym);
1164 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1165 free (debug->external_opt);
1166 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1167 free (debug->external_aux);
1168 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1170 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1171 free (debug->ssext);
1172 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1173 free (debug->external_fdr);
1174 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1175 free (debug->external_rfd);
1176 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1177 free (debug->external_ext);
1181 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1184 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1186 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1187 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1188 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1189 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1190 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1193 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1194 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1196 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1199 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1202 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1203 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1204 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1206 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1207 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1209 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1211 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1212 struct sym_ext *esym;
1216 bfd_size_type count;
1217 unsigned long sindex;
1221 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1229 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1231 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1232 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1235 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1237 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1241 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1244 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1245 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1249 size = sizeof (char *);
1250 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1254 count = hdr->isymMax;
1255 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1256 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1260 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1263 count = hdr->issMax;
1264 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1267 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1270 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1271 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1273 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1274 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1275 rp->adr = sym.value;
1276 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1277 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1278 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1279 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1280 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1281 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1282 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1284 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1285 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1289 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1290 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1291 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1294 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1298 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1301 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1303 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1304 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1305 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1306 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1308 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1309 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1310 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1312 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1314 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1316 s->contents = rtproc;
1318 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1319 matters, but someday it might). */
1320 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1349 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1350 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1353 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1354 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1355 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1358 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1359 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1362 /* Create a new symbol. */
1363 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1365 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1366 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1370 /* Make it a local function. */
1371 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1372 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1374 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1378 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1379 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1383 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1384 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1387 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1388 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1393 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1394 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1395 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1396 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1397 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1399 /* Create a new symbol. */
1400 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1402 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1403 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1407 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1408 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1409 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1410 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1411 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1412 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1416 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1417 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1420 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1424 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1425 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1426 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1427 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1428 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1431 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1432 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1433 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1435 static unsigned long
1436 mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1437 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1438 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1440 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1442 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
1443 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
1444 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1445 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1447 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1448 the traditional behavior. */
1449 if (relocs < relend)
1450 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1455 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1459 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1460 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1462 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1463 objects try to call them. */
1464 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1465 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1467 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1468 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1471 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1472 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1474 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1475 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1476 being included in the link. */
1477 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1478 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1479 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1480 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1483 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1484 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1486 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1487 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1488 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1489 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1490 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1491 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1492 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1495 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1496 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1498 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1499 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1500 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1501 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1502 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1503 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1504 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1508 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1511 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1513 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1515 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1516 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1517 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1521 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1523 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1525 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1526 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1527 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1528 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1529 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1530 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1533 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1534 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1538 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1539 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1544 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1548 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1549 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1550 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1551 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1557 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1558 that it might need $25 to be valid on entry. Note that MIPS16
1559 functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
1560 using PC-relative instructions instead. */
1563 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1565 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1566 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1567 && h->root.def_regular
1568 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1569 && !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1570 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1571 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1574 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1575 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1576 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1579 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1580 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1584 asection *s, *input_section;
1587 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1591 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1592 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1595 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1597 /* Create the section. */
1598 input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1599 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1600 input_section->output_section);
1604 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1605 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1606 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1609 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1611 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1612 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1613 stub->stub_section = s;
1614 stub->offset = s->size;
1616 /* Allocate room for it. */
1621 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1622 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1623 the function symbol to it. */
1626 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1627 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1629 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1632 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1636 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1637 s = htab->strampoline;
1640 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1641 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1642 input_section->output_section);
1643 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1645 htab->strampoline = s;
1648 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1649 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1650 stub->stub_section = s;
1651 stub->offset = s->size;
1653 /* Allocate room for it. */
1658 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1659 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1662 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1663 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1665 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1666 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1667 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1672 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1673 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1674 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1675 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1676 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1678 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1679 search.stub_section = NULL;
1683 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1684 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1688 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1692 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1695 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1696 h->la25_stub = stub;
1700 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1701 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1707 h->la25_stub = stub;
1708 return (use_trampoline_p
1709 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1710 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1713 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1714 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1717 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1719 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1721 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1722 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1723 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1725 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1727 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1728 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1729 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1732 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1733 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1734 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1735 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1737 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1739 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1740 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1742 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1751 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1752 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1755 The format of these instructions is:
1757 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1758 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1759 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1761 +-----------------------------------------------+
1763 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1764 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1766 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1767 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1768 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1769 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1770 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1771 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1772 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1773 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1774 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1775 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1778 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1779 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1780 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1781 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1782 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1783 value as two 16-bit values.
1785 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1789 +--------+----------------------+
1793 +--------+----------------------+
1796 +----------+------+-------------+
1800 +----------+--------------------+
1801 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1802 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1804 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1805 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1806 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1807 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1808 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1810 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1811 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1812 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1815 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1816 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1817 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1818 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1819 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1821 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1823 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1824 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1825 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1826 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1827 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1829 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1832 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1833 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1834 little-endian system. */
1836 static inline bfd_boolean
1837 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1842 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1843 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1844 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1854 static inline bfd_boolean
1855 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1857 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16;
1860 static inline bfd_boolean
1861 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1863 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
1866 static inline bfd_boolean
1867 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1869 return r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16;
1872 static inline bfd_boolean
1873 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1875 return r_type == R_MIPS_LO16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16;
1878 static inline bfd_boolean
1879 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
1881 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
1884 static inline bfd_boolean
1885 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
1887 return r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26;
1891 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1892 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1894 bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1896 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
1899 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1900 extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
1901 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
1902 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1905 val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
1906 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
1908 val = extend << 16 | insn;
1911 val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
1912 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
1913 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
1917 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1918 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1920 bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1922 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
1925 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
1926 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1930 insn = val & 0xffff;
1931 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
1932 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
1936 insn = val & 0xffff;
1942 insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
1943 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
1945 bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
1946 bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
1949 bfd_reloc_status_type
1950 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1951 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1952 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1956 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1958 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1961 relocation = symbol->value;
1963 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1964 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1966 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1967 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1969 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1970 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1972 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1974 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1975 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1976 an external symbol. */
1978 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1979 val += relocation - gp;
1981 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1983 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1985 + reloc_entry->address);
1986 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1990 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1993 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1995 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1998 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1999 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2000 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2005 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2007 asection *input_section;
2011 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2013 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2015 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2016 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2017 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2019 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2020 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2021 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2022 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2024 bfd_reloc_status_type
2025 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2026 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2027 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2028 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2030 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2032 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2033 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2035 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2037 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2039 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2041 n->input_section = input_section;
2042 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2045 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2046 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2048 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2051 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2052 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2053 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2055 bfd_reloc_status_type
2056 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2057 void *data, asection *input_section,
2058 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2060 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2061 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2062 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2063 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2064 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2065 input_section, output_bfd,
2068 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2069 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2072 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2073 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2074 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2076 bfd_reloc_status_type
2077 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2078 void *data, asection *input_section,
2079 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2082 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2084 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2085 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2087 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2089 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2090 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2093 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2095 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2096 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2098 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2100 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2101 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2102 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2103 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2104 has a rightshift of 0. */
2105 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2106 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2107 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2108 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2110 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2111 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2112 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2114 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2115 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2117 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2120 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2124 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2125 input_section, output_bfd,
2129 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2130 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2131 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2133 bfd_reloc_status_type
2134 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2135 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2136 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2137 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2140 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2141 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2143 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2145 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2146 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2148 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2150 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2152 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2153 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2154 offset or address. */
2155 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2156 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2161 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2162 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2163 val += symbol->value;
2164 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2166 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2167 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2168 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2172 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2173 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2174 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2175 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2176 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2177 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2180 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2182 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2183 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2185 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2186 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2188 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2190 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2193 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2198 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2200 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2203 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2204 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2207 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2210 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2211 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2215 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2216 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2218 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2219 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2223 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2224 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2226 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2227 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2228 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2229 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2230 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2231 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2235 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2236 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2240 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2241 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2242 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2243 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2244 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2245 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2246 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2249 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2250 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2251 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2254 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2257 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2258 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2259 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2260 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2261 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2262 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2266 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2267 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2269 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2270 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2271 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2272 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2273 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2274 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2277 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2278 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2279 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2280 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2281 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2284 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2285 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2287 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2288 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2289 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2290 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2291 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2292 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2293 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2297 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2298 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2300 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2301 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2302 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2303 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2304 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2305 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2306 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2309 /* Swap in an options header. */
2312 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2313 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2315 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2316 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2317 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2318 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2321 /* Swap out an options header. */
2324 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2325 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2327 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2328 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2329 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2330 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2333 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2334 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2337 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2339 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2340 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2343 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2344 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2346 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2350 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2352 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2357 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2360 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2361 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2364 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2365 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2367 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2368 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2369 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2370 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2372 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2374 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2377 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2379 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2388 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2389 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2390 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2391 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2392 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2393 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2394 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2395 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2396 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2397 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2398 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2399 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2400 when generating a final executable. */
2403 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2405 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2407 asection *sec, *output_section;
2409 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2411 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2412 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2413 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2414 && !h->root.def_regular
2415 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2417 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2418 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2419 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2420 h->root.root.root.string,
2421 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2429 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2432 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2433 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2434 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2435 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2436 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2437 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2439 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2440 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2444 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2446 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2447 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2448 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2450 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2451 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2452 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2454 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2456 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2457 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2458 h->esym.asym.value =
2459 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2461 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2463 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2464 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2465 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2468 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2470 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2471 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2472 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2477 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2478 output_section = sec->output_section;
2480 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2481 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2482 if (output_section == NULL)
2483 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2486 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2488 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2489 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2490 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2491 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2492 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2493 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2494 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2495 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2496 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2497 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2498 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2499 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2500 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2501 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2502 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2503 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2504 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2506 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2510 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2511 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2514 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2515 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2516 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2517 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2519 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2520 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2521 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2522 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2524 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2525 output_section = sec->output_section;
2526 if (output_section != NULL)
2527 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2528 + sec->output_offset
2529 + output_section->vma);
2531 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2535 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2537 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2538 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2540 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2542 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2543 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2544 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2546 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2549 output_section = sec->output_section;
2550 if (output_section != NULL)
2551 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2552 + sec->output_offset
2553 + output_section->vma);
2555 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2560 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2561 h->root.root.root.string,
2564 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2571 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2574 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2576 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2577 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2579 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2582 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2584 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2587 static INLINE hashval_t
2588 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2591 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2597 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2598 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2602 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2604 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2606 return entry->symndx
2607 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
2608 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2610 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
2611 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2615 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2617 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2618 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2620 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2621 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2624 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2625 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2626 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2627 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2630 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2631 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2632 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2636 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2638 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2640 return entry->symndx
2642 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2643 : entry->symndx >= 0
2644 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2645 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2647 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2648 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2652 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2654 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2655 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2657 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2658 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2661 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2662 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2665 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2666 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2667 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2668 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2669 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2673 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2675 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2677 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2678 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2682 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2684 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2686 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2687 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2688 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2691 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2692 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2693 if creation fails. */
2696 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2702 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2703 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2704 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
2705 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2707 sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2712 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2715 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2716 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2722 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2723 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2727 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2728 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2732 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2733 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2735 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2736 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2739 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2741 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2742 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2748 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2755 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2758 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2764 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2765 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2768 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2770 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2771 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2773 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2774 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2779 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2780 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2783 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2786 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2787 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2789 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2791 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2797 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2798 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2801 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2803 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2804 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2805 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2807 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
2812 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2815 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
2817 unsigned long reloc_index,
2822 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
2824 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
2826 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
2827 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
2829 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
2831 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
2832 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2834 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
2837 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2838 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2840 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
2843 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2846 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
2847 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
2848 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2849 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2852 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2854 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
2855 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
2856 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2858 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
2867 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2869 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
2870 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
2871 indx = h->root.dynindx;
2874 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
2877 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2879 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
2880 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2883 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2884 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2885 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2886 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
2887 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
2889 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2890 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
2892 /* General Dynamic. */
2893 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
2895 offset = got_offset;
2896 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2900 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2901 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2902 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2903 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2906 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2907 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2908 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
2909 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
2911 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2912 sgot->contents + offset2);
2916 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2917 sgot->contents + offset);
2918 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2919 sgot->contents + offset2);
2922 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2925 /* Initial Exec model. */
2926 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
2928 offset = got_offset;
2933 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
2934 sgot->contents + offset);
2936 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2937 sgot->contents + offset);
2939 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2940 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2941 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
2942 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2945 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
2946 sgot->contents + offset);
2949 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2951 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2952 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2953 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2954 sgot->contents + got_offset
2955 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
2958 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2959 sgot->contents + got_offset);
2961 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2962 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2963 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2964 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
2967 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
2970 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2971 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2972 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2973 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2976 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
2977 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2978 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
2980 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2981 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM);
2983 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
2985 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL)
2987 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
2988 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2989 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2994 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD)
2996 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
3000 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
3002 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
3009 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3010 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3011 will be negative. */
3014 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3015 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3017 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3018 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3020 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3021 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3023 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3025 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3026 section starts with reserved entries. */
3027 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3029 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3030 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3032 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3033 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3034 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3037 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3038 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3039 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3040 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3042 return got_address - got_value;
3045 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3046 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3047 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3048 offset can be found. */
3051 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3052 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3053 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3055 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3056 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3058 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3059 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3061 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3062 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3066 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3068 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3069 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3070 hash table entry to track the index. */
3071 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
3072 r_type, info, h, value);
3074 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3075 r_type, info, h, value);
3078 return entry->gotidx;
3081 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3084 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3085 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3087 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3089 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3090 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3092 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3093 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3095 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3096 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3098 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3100 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3102 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3103 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3107 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3110 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3112 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
3114 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3116 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3117 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3118 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3119 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3120 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3121 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3122 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3124 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
3125 info, e.d.h, value);
3132 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
3133 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3135 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3137 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3138 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3139 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3141 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3142 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3143 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3144 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3145 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3146 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3148 got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
3149 r_type, info, hm, value);
3153 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3154 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3155 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3157 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3158 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3159 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3161 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3166 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3167 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3168 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3169 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3170 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3173 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3174 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3176 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3177 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3179 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3180 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3181 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3186 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3189 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3194 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3195 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3196 symbol that binds locally. */
3199 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3200 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3202 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3204 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3205 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3206 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3207 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3209 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3211 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3212 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3213 same in all cases. */
3214 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3215 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3217 return entry->gotidx;
3222 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3226 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3227 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3233 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3234 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3237 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3238 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3240 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3243 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3244 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3245 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3248 static struct mips_got_entry *
3249 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3250 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3251 unsigned long r_symndx,
3252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3255 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3256 struct mips_got_info *g;
3257 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3259 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3260 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3264 entry.d.address = value;
3267 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3270 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3271 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3274 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3276 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3277 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3279 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3282 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
3284 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
3290 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3296 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3297 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3303 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3308 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3311 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3316 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3318 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3320 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3321 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3322 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3323 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3324 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3328 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3329 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3331 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3332 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3334 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3337 bfd_vma got_address;
3339 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3340 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3341 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3344 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3345 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3346 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3347 outrel.r_addend = value;
3348 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3354 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3355 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3356 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3357 the current linking stage. */
3359 static bfd_size_type
3360 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3362 bfd_size_type count;
3365 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3368 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3370 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3371 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3372 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3373 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3374 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3380 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3381 appear towards the end. */
3384 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3386 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3387 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3388 struct mips_got_info *g;
3390 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3393 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3394 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3401 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3402 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3403 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3404 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3405 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3406 elf_hash_table (info)),
3407 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3410 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3411 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3412 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3413 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3414 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3415 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3416 == g->global_gotno);
3418 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3419 table index in the GOT. */
3420 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3425 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3426 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3430 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3432 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3434 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3436 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3439 switch (h->global_got_area)
3442 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3446 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3448 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3449 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3452 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3453 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3455 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3456 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3457 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3464 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3465 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3466 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3467 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3470 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3471 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3472 bfd_boolean for_call,
3473 unsigned char tls_flag)
3475 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3477 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3478 struct mips_got_info *g;
3480 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3481 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3483 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3485 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3487 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3489 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3491 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3495 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3498 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3502 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3504 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3508 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3511 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3514 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3515 need to do it again. */
3518 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3522 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3528 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3530 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3533 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3538 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3539 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3542 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3543 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3544 unsigned char tls_flag)
3546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3547 struct mips_got_info *g;
3548 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3550 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3551 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3554 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3557 entry.symndx = symndx;
3558 entry.d.addend = addend;
3559 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3560 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
3561 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
3565 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
3568 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3570 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3573 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3581 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3582 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
3584 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
3586 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3588 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3594 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
3598 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3603 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3608 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3611 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3613 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3616 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3617 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3619 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3620 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3621 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3624 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3625 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3628 struct mips_got_info *g;
3629 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3630 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3631 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3634 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3635 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3638 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3640 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3642 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3643 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3647 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3649 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3652 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3657 entry->symndx = symndx;
3658 entry->ranges = NULL;
3659 entry->num_pages = 0;
3663 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3665 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3666 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3667 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3669 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3670 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3671 a new singleton range. */
3673 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3675 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3679 range->next = *range_ptr;
3680 range->min_addend = addend;
3681 range->max_addend = addend;
3689 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3690 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3692 /* Update the ranges. */
3693 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3694 range->min_addend = addend;
3695 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3697 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3699 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3700 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3701 range->next = range->next->next;
3704 range->max_addend = addend;
3707 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3708 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3709 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3711 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3712 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3718 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3721 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3725 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3727 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3728 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3730 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3731 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3733 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3734 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3739 /* Make room for a null element. */
3740 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3743 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3747 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3748 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3751 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3753 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3754 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
3756 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3757 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
3758 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3760 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3763 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3764 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3766 *must_recreate = TRUE;
3773 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3774 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3775 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3779 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3782 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3785 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
3786 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3787 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3789 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3792 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3793 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3795 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3796 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3800 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
3813 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3814 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
3817 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
3819 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
3822 must_recreate = FALSE;
3823 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
3826 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
3827 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3828 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3829 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
3830 if (new_got == NULL)
3833 /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
3834 or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
3835 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3836 g->got_entries = new_got;
3841 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
3842 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
3843 in the master GOT. */
3846 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3848 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3849 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3850 struct mips_got_info *g;
3852 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
3853 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3855 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
3857 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
3858 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
3859 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
3860 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
3861 live in the local GOT.
3863 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
3864 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
3865 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
3866 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
3867 || (h->got_only_for_calls
3868 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
3869 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3871 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
3872 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
3873 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
3874 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
3876 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
3878 else if (htab->is_vxworks
3879 && h->got_only_for_calls
3880 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
3881 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
3882 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
3883 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
3884 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
3888 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
3889 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
3895 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
3898 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3900 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
3901 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
3903 return entry->bfd->id;
3906 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
3909 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3911 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
3912 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
3913 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
3914 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
3916 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
3919 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
3920 be the master GOT data. */
3922 static struct mips_got_info *
3923 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
3925 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
3931 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
3932 return p ? p->g : NULL;
3935 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
3936 Return NULL if an error occured. */
3938 static struct mips_got_info *
3939 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
3942 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
3943 struct mips_got_info *g;
3946 bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
3947 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
3948 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
3952 bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
3953 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
3959 g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
3960 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
3964 bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
3967 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
3968 g->global_gotno = 0;
3969 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
3972 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
3974 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
3975 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3976 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
3977 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3978 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3981 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
3982 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
3983 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
3993 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
3994 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
3995 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
3999 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4001 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4002 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4003 struct mips_got_info *g;
4005 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4012 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4013 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4014 if (*entryp != NULL)
4019 if (entry->tls_type)
4021 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4023 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4026 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
4034 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4035 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4038 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4040 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4041 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4042 struct mips_got_info *g;
4044 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4051 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4052 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4053 if (*entryp != NULL)
4057 g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4061 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4062 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4063 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4064 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4065 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4068 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4069 struct mips_got_info *to,
4070 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4072 struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4073 unsigned int estimate;
4075 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4076 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4077 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4078 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4080 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4082 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4083 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4085 /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
4086 the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4087 conservatively as well. */
4088 if (to == arg->primary)
4089 estimate += arg->global_count;
4091 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4093 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4094 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4097 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4100 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4101 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4102 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4105 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4106 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4109 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4110 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4112 htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4113 htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4117 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4118 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4119 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4120 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4121 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4122 and then make make the new got current. */
4125 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4127 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4128 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4129 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4130 struct mips_got_info *g;
4131 unsigned int estimate;
4136 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4137 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4138 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4139 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4140 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4142 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4143 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4144 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4145 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4146 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4148 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4150 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4151 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4154 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4158 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4159 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4164 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4167 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4172 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4173 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4174 overflows anyway. */
4175 g->next = arg->current;
4181 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4182 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4185 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
4187 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4188 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
4190 unsigned char tls_type;
4192 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4193 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
4196 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4198 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4200 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4201 hash table entry to track its index. */
4202 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4204 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4205 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
4206 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
4210 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
4212 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4213 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4214 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4215 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4217 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4220 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4222 entry->gotidx = next_index;
4223 tls_type = entry->tls_type;
4226 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4227 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4228 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
4229 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4230 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
4235 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4236 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4237 got) to the given VALUE.
4239 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4240 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4241 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4242 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4243 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4244 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4245 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4246 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4249 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
4251 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4252 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
4253 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
4254 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4256 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
4257 arg->needed_relocs +=
4258 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
4259 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
4261 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4262 && entry->symndx == -1
4263 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4267 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
4269 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
4270 if (arg->info->shared
4271 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4272 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4273 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4274 ++arg->needed_relocs;
4277 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4283 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4284 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4285 lazy-binding stubs. */
4288 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4290 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4292 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4294 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4295 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4296 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4297 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4299 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4300 && entry->symndx == -1
4301 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4303 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4304 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4310 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4313 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4315 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4318 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4322 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4326 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4327 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4330 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4331 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4334 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4335 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4337 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4338 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4339 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
4340 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4341 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4344 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4345 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4346 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4349 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4350 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4351 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4354 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4355 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4356 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4358 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4359 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4360 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4361 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4364 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4365 htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4367 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4370 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4371 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4372 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4373 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4374 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4375 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4376 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4377 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4379 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4381 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4382 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4383 to be the primary GOT. */
4384 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4385 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4388 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4389 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4391 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
4392 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
4393 if (g->next == NULL)
4396 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
4397 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
4398 g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4399 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
4400 g->next->page_gotno = 0;
4401 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
4402 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
4403 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4404 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4405 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4406 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
4408 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
4410 g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4411 mips_got_page_entry_eq,
4413 if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
4415 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
4418 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4419 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4421 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4425 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4426 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4427 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4428 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4431 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4434 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4435 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4442 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4444 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4448 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4449 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4450 those that are actually referenced. */
4451 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4452 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4454 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
4455 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4456 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4457 &set_got_offset_arg);
4458 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4459 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4460 &set_got_offset_arg);
4462 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4463 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4464 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4465 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4466 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4467 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4468 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4469 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4470 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4471 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4472 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4473 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4474 points back to the master GOT. */
4475 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4476 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4483 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4485 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4486 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4487 g->local_gotno += assign;
4488 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4489 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4491 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4492 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4493 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4498 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4499 all non-TLS entries. */
4500 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4501 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
4503 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4506 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4507 lazy-binding stubs. */
4509 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4513 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
4514 + gg->next->global_gotno
4515 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4518 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4519 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
4520 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4522 unsigned int save_assign;
4524 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4525 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4526 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4527 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
4528 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
4529 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
4530 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4531 &set_got_offset_arg);
4532 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
4533 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
4535 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4538 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4539 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4540 + g->next->global_gotno
4541 + g->next->tls_gotno
4542 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4547 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4554 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4555 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4557 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4558 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4559 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4560 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4562 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4564 while (relocation < relend)
4566 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4567 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4573 /* We didn't find it. */
4577 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4580 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4581 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4582 asection **local_sections)
4584 unsigned long r_symndx;
4585 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4588 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4589 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4590 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4592 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4594 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4600 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4603 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4605 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4606 /* VALUE is negative. */
4607 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4612 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4613 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4617 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4619 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4621 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4622 /* The value is too big. */
4624 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4625 /* The value is too small. */
4632 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4635 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4637 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4640 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4643 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4646 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4653 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4656 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4659 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4666 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4669 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4670 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4673 register asection *s;
4675 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4677 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4680 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4682 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4683 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4686 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4692 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4695 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4698 register asection *s;
4699 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4700 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4701 struct mips_got_info *g;
4703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4705 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4706 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4708 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4712 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4713 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4715 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4716 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4717 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4719 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4723 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4724 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4725 are not creating a global offset table. */
4727 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4728 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4729 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4732 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4735 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4736 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4739 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4742 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
4743 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4746 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4747 g->global_gotno = 0;
4748 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4752 g->assigned_gotno = 0;
4755 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4756 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4757 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4758 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4760 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4761 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4762 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4765 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4766 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4768 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4769 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4770 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4771 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4779 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4780 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4781 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4784 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4786 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4788 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4789 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4792 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4793 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4794 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4798 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type)
4800 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4801 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4802 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4803 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4804 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4805 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
4820 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4821 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4822 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4824 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4825 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4826 is a MIPS16 jump to non-MIPS16 code, or vice versa.
4828 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4829 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4830 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4831 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4833 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4834 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
4835 asection *input_section,
4836 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4837 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4838 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
4839 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
4840 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
4842 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
4843 bfd_boolean save_addend)
4845 /* The eventual value we will return. */
4847 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4850 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4851 shared object file being produced. */
4853 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
4856 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
4858 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
4859 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
4860 during execution. */
4861 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
4862 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
4864 asection *sec = NULL;
4865 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4866 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
4868 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
4869 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
4870 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
4871 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
4872 "__gnu_local_gp". */
4873 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
4874 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4876 unsigned long r_symndx;
4878 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
4879 relocation value. */
4880 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
4881 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
4882 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
4883 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4886 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4887 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4888 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4890 /* Parse the relocation. */
4891 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4892 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4893 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
4894 + input_section->output_offset
4895 + relocation->r_offset);
4897 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
4898 overflowed_p = FALSE;
4900 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
4901 used in the array of hash table entries. */
4902 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4903 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
4905 was_local_p = local_p;
4906 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
4907 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4910 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
4911 must come before globals. */
4915 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
4918 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4920 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4921 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4923 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4924 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
4925 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
4926 symbol += sym->st_value;
4927 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4928 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4930 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
4932 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4935 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
4936 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
4939 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4940 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
4941 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
4944 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4946 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
4950 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
4952 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
4953 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
4954 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
4955 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
4956 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4957 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4958 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4960 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4961 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
4963 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
4964 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4965 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
4966 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
4968 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
4969 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
4970 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
4971 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4975 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
4976 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4977 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4978 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
4981 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4982 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4983 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4985 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4986 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4987 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
4989 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4990 if (sec->output_section)
4991 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
4992 + sec->output_section->vma
4993 + sec->output_offset);
4995 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
4997 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4998 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4999 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5000 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5003 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5004 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5006 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5007 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5009 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5010 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5011 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5012 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5013 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5015 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5016 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5019 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5021 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5022 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5023 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5024 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5025 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5026 which is available from here:
5027 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5030 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5031 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5032 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5033 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5034 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5036 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5040 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5043 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5046 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5047 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5049 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5051 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5052 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5054 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5055 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5056 && !info->relocatable
5058 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5059 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5061 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5062 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5063 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5065 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5066 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5069 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5072 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5076 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5077 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5078 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5080 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5081 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5082 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5083 use an indirect stub instead. */
5084 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5085 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5087 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5088 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5089 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5092 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5095 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5096 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5098 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5103 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5105 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5107 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5114 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5117 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5120 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5121 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5123 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5125 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5126 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type))
5127 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5128 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5129 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5131 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5133 *cross_mode_jump_p = !info->relocatable
5134 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5135 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5136 && target_is_16_bit_code_p));
5138 local_p = h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root);
5140 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5141 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5143 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5148 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP.
5149 The addend is applied by the corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5150 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE && !local_p)
5152 r_type = R_MIPS_GOT_DISP;
5156 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5157 to need it, get it now. */
5160 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5161 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5164 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5165 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5166 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5167 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5168 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5170 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5171 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5172 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5173 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
5175 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5176 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5178 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5182 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5183 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5184 if (htab->is_vxworks
5185 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
5186 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5187 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5189 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5190 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5191 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5195 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5196 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5197 &h->root, r_type, info);
5198 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
5199 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5200 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5201 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5204 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5205 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5206 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5210 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5211 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5213 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5216 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5217 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5221 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5222 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5223 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5225 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5229 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5230 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5232 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5233 + input_section->output_offset
5234 + relocation->r_offset);
5235 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5236 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5237 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5239 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5240 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5242 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5243 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5246 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5249 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5253 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5256 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5257 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5264 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5266 && h->root.def_dynamic
5267 && !h->root.def_regular
5268 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5269 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5271 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5272 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5273 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5275 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5276 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5277 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5278 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5279 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5280 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5282 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5290 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5294 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5295 value = symbol + addend;
5299 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5303 value = symbol + addend - p;
5304 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5308 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5309 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5310 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5311 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5312 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5315 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
5318 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
5319 if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5320 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
5322 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5325 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5326 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5330 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5331 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5332 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5333 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5336 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5337 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5341 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5342 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5349 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5350 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5354 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5355 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5356 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5360 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5361 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
5362 both reloc addends by 4. */
5363 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5364 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
5366 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5367 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5374 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5377 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5378 for this conditional. */
5379 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5380 value = addend + gp - p;
5382 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5383 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5384 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5385 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5386 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5389 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5390 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5393 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5394 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5395 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5396 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5397 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5398 not check for overflow here. */
5402 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5403 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5404 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5405 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5410 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5411 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5412 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5413 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5414 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5415 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5416 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5417 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5418 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5419 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5420 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5421 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5422 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5423 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5424 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5425 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5429 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5432 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5433 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5436 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5437 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5438 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5440 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5441 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5442 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5443 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5445 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5446 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5453 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5454 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5455 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5457 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5460 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5461 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5463 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5467 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5468 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5469 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5470 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5471 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5474 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5475 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5476 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5477 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5478 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5480 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5481 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5484 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5485 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5486 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5489 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5490 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5491 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5492 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5493 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5494 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5497 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5499 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5502 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5506 value = symbol - addend;
5507 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5511 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5512 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5515 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5516 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5517 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5520 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5521 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5522 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5526 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5527 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5528 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5529 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5530 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5531 value = symbol + addend;
5535 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5536 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5537 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5538 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5541 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5542 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5545 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5547 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5550 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5553 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5554 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5555 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5558 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5560 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5561 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5566 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5567 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5568 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5570 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5571 is a MIPS16 jump to non-MIPS16 code, or vice versa.
5573 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5576 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5577 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5578 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5579 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5580 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5581 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5585 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5587 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5588 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5590 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5592 /* Obtain the current value. */
5593 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5595 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5596 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5598 /* Set the field. */
5599 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5601 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5602 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5605 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5606 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5608 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5609 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5611 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5616 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5620 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
5623 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5624 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Direct jumps between ISA modes are not allowed; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5627 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5632 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5633 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5636 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5638 if (!info->relocatable
5639 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5640 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5641 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5642 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5643 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5644 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5645 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5646 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
5647 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5648 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5654 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
5655 + input_section->output_offset
5656 + relocation->r_offset
5658 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5659 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
5663 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
5665 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5666 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5668 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5672 /* Put the value into the output. */
5673 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
5675 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
5681 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5682 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5683 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5684 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5687 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
5688 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5689 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5691 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
5692 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
5694 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
5699 bfd_boolean defined_p;
5700 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5702 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5703 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5705 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5706 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5707 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5708 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
5709 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
5710 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
5713 outrel[0].r_offset =
5714 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
5715 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5717 outrel[1].r_offset =
5718 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
5719 outrel[2].r_offset =
5720 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
5723 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
5724 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
5727 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
5729 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
5730 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
5731 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
5736 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
5737 in the relocation. */
5738 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5740 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
5741 indx = h->root.dynindx;
5742 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5743 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
5745 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
5746 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
5747 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
5748 undefined symbols. */
5753 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
5755 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
5757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5762 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
5765 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
5766 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
5772 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
5773 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
5774 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
5775 local symbols because we used to generate them
5776 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
5777 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
5778 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
5779 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
5780 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
5781 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
5783 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
5784 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
5785 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
5786 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
5787 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5792 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
5793 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
5794 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
5795 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
5796 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5799 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5800 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
5801 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
5803 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
5804 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
5805 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
5808 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
5809 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
5810 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
5811 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
5812 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
5813 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
5814 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
5815 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
5816 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
5817 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
5818 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
5819 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
5820 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
5821 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
5824 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
5826 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
5827 correct location in the output file. */
5828 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
5829 + input_section->output_offset);
5830 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
5831 + input_section->output_offset);
5832 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
5833 + input_section->output_offset);
5835 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
5836 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
5837 relocation format is non-standard. */
5838 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5840 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
5841 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
5843 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
5845 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
5847 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
5848 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
5849 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
5850 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
5852 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
5855 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
5856 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
5857 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
5859 /* We've now added another relocation. */
5860 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
5862 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
5863 will be writing to it. */
5864 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
5867 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
5868 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
5870 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
5875 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
5877 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
5878 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
5879 + input_section->output_section->vma
5880 + input_section->output_offset);
5881 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
5882 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
5884 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
5885 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
5886 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
5888 cr = (scpt->contents
5889 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
5890 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
5891 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
5892 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
5893 + scpt->reloc_count));
5894 ++scpt->reloc_count;
5898 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5899 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5901 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5902 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5907 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
5910 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
5912 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
5914 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
5915 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
5917 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
5918 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
5920 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
5921 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
5923 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
5924 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
5926 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
5927 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
5929 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
5930 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
5932 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
5933 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
5935 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
5936 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
5938 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
5939 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
5941 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
5942 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
5944 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
5945 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
5947 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
5948 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
5950 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
5951 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
5953 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
5954 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
5956 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
5957 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
5960 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
5964 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
5967 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
5970 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
5973 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
5976 return bfd_mach_mips5;
5978 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
5979 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
5981 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
5982 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
5984 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
5985 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
5987 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
5988 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
5995 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5997 static INLINE char *
5998 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6002 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6003 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6006 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6008 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6012 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6014 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6016 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6018 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6021 return "unknown abi";
6025 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6026 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6027 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6028 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6029 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6030 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6031 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6032 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6034 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6035 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6036 definition in a shared library. */
6037 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6038 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6039 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6041 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6044 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6046 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6048 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6049 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6050 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6052 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6053 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6054 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6055 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6056 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6057 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6058 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6060 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6061 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6062 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6063 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6064 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6065 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6066 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6067 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6068 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6069 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6071 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6075 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6076 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6077 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6078 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6079 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6082 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6083 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6085 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6086 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6087 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6088 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6089 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6090 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6091 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6092 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6093 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6094 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6096 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6097 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6100 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6101 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6106 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6108 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
6109 if (section != NULL)
6111 asym->section = section;
6112 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6113 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6114 base address to make it an offset. */
6115 asym->value -= section->vma;
6122 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6124 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
6125 if (section != NULL)
6127 asym->section = section;
6128 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6129 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6130 base address to make it an offset. */
6131 asym->value -= section->vma;
6137 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16 one. */
6138 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6139 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6142 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6143 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6147 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6148 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6150 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6151 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6152 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6153 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6154 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6156 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6157 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6158 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6159 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6161 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6162 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6163 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6164 We therefore take the following approach:
6166 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6167 determine the pointer size.
6169 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6170 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6174 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6175 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6176 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6177 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6178 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6180 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6181 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6185 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6187 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6189 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6191 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6193 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6194 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6195 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6202 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6203 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6204 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6213 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6214 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6215 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6217 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6218 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6221 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6222 will jump there rather than to .text.
6224 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6225 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6228 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6230 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6233 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6234 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6235 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6239 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6241 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6242 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6246 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6247 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6250 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6253 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6254 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6258 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6259 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6260 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6261 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6263 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6265 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6266 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6267 so that we don't have to read them again.
6268 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6269 through the section contents to see if there is an
6270 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6272 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6274 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6275 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6277 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6279 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6281 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6283 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6284 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6285 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6288 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6295 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6296 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6299 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6300 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6303 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6310 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6311 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6314 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6315 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6322 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6324 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6326 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6327 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6328 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6329 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6330 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6331 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6332 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6333 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6334 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6335 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6337 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6338 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6340 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6342 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6343 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6345 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6348 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6350 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6352 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6354 unsigned int adjust;
6356 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6358 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6366 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6367 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6368 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6370 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6374 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6375 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6381 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6382 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6383 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6384 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6385 probably get away with this. */
6386 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6388 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6389 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6393 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6396 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6397 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6400 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6401 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6404 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6405 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6408 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6409 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6411 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6413 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6414 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6415 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6417 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6419 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6420 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6423 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6424 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6427 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6428 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6431 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6432 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6433 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6436 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6437 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6440 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6441 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6442 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6449 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6454 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6455 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6461 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6463 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6464 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6465 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6466 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6467 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6469 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6472 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6473 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6475 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6476 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6479 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6480 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6481 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6482 they should agree. */
6483 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6485 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6487 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6488 if (contents == NULL)
6490 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6497 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6498 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6500 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6502 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6504 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6506 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6507 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6508 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6511 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6513 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6515 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6517 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6518 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6520 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6522 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6524 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6526 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6528 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6529 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6531 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6541 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6542 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6543 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6546 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6548 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6550 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6552 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6553 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6554 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6556 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6557 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6558 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6560 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6561 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6562 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6564 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6565 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6566 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6568 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6569 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6570 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6571 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6572 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6574 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6576 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6578 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6579 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6580 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6581 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6583 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6584 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6586 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6589 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6591 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6592 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6593 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6594 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6596 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6597 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6599 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6600 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6603 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6604 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6605 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6606 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6607 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6608 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6609 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6610 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6612 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6613 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6615 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6617 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6618 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6619 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6621 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6623 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6624 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6625 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6627 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6628 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6630 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6632 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6633 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6634 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6635 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6636 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6638 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6640 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
6641 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6642 final_write_processing. */
6644 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6645 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6647 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
6648 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6649 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6651 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
6653 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
6654 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
6655 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
6658 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6659 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6660 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6661 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6662 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6667 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6668 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6669 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6670 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6671 the .scommon section. */
6674 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6675 asection *sec, int *retval)
6677 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
6679 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
6682 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
6684 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
6690 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6691 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
6694 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6695 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
6696 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6697 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
6699 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6700 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
6701 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6703 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
6708 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
6709 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
6710 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
6711 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
6712 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
6713 is not done for them. */
6715 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6716 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
6722 switch (sym->st_shndx)
6725 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6726 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
6727 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6728 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
6729 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6732 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6733 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
6734 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
6735 *valp = sym->st_size;
6739 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6740 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
6742 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
6743 asection *elf_text_section;
6744 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
6746 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6747 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
6750 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
6751 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6752 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
6755 /* Initialize the section. */
6757 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
6758 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
6760 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
6761 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
6763 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
6764 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6765 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
6766 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
6767 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
6768 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
6769 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
6771 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6772 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6773 so I took it out. */
6774 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
6777 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6778 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
6780 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6781 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
6783 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
6784 asection *elf_data_section;
6785 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
6787 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6788 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
6791 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
6792 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6793 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
6796 /* Initialize the section. */
6798 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
6799 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
6801 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
6802 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
6804 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
6805 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6806 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
6807 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
6808 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
6809 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
6810 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
6812 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6813 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6814 so I took it out. */
6815 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
6818 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6819 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6823 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6825 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
6826 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6828 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6829 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
6831 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
6833 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6834 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
6835 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6838 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6841 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
6843 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6846 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
6849 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
6850 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
6851 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
6852 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
6858 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
6859 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
6860 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
6863 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
6864 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6865 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
6866 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6868 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
6869 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
6870 common in the output file. */
6871 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
6872 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
6873 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
6875 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
6876 sym->st_value &= ~1;
6881 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
6883 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
6886 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6888 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6889 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
6891 register asection *s;
6892 const char * const *namep;
6893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6895 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6896 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6898 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
6899 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
6901 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
6903 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
6905 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
6908 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
6913 /* We need to create .got section. */
6914 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
6917 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
6920 /* Create .stub section. */
6921 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
6922 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
6925 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
6926 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
6930 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
6932 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
6934 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
6935 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
6937 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
6938 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
6942 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
6943 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
6944 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
6945 the linker takes such action. */
6946 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
6948 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
6951 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6952 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
6953 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6956 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6959 h->type = STT_SECTION;
6961 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6965 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
6966 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6968 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
6972 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
6973 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
6975 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6976 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
6978 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6979 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
6981 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6982 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
6984 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6985 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
6987 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6994 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6996 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6997 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
6998 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7001 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7004 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7006 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7009 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7011 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7012 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7013 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7014 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7015 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
7016 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7018 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7020 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7021 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7022 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7025 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7028 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7030 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7035 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7036 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7037 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7040 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7041 htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
7042 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
7043 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7045 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7046 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7049 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7051 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7056 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7058 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7059 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7062 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7065 htab->plt_header_size
7066 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7067 htab->plt_entry_size
7068 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7072 htab->plt_header_size
7073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7074 htab->plt_entry_size
7075 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7078 else if (!info->shared)
7080 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7081 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7082 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7088 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7089 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7090 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7093 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7094 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7095 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7097 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7098 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7100 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7101 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7102 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7103 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7105 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7106 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7107 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7110 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7111 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7112 of the section that REL is against. */
7115 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7116 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7119 unsigned int r_type;
7122 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7123 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7125 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7126 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7127 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7128 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7130 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7133 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7134 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7135 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7136 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7137 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7140 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7141 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7142 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7143 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7145 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7146 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7147 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7150 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7151 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7152 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7154 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7156 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7157 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7158 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7161 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7163 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7164 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7165 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7166 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7167 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7168 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7170 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7171 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7172 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7173 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7174 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7177 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7178 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7179 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7181 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7182 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7189 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7190 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7191 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7194 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7199 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7200 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7202 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7206 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7209 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7210 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7213 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7214 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7218 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7219 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7221 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7222 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7224 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7225 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7228 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7230 if (info->relocatable)
7233 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7234 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7236 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7237 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7238 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7239 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7241 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7242 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7244 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7246 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7247 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7249 unsigned long r_symndx;
7251 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7254 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7257 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7258 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7259 " stub section `%s'"),
7261 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7265 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7266 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7270 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7271 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7272 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7273 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7275 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7276 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7278 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7279 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7280 || o->reloc_count == 0
7281 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7285 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7287 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7290 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7291 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7292 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7293 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7296 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7305 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7306 not need it. Since this function is called before
7307 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7308 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7310 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7314 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7316 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7318 unsigned long symcount;
7322 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7323 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7325 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7326 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7327 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7330 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7333 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7334 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7336 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7337 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7338 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7339 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7345 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7346 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7348 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7349 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7350 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7352 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7354 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7355 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7356 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7357 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7358 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7359 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7361 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7365 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7367 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7370 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7372 unsigned long r_symndx;
7373 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7376 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7379 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7382 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7383 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7384 " stub section `%s'"),
7386 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7390 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7391 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7395 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7396 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7397 that refers to this symbol. */
7398 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7400 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7401 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7403 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7404 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7405 || o->reloc_count == 0
7406 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7410 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7412 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7415 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7416 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7417 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7418 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7421 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7430 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7431 not need it. Since this function is called before
7432 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7433 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7435 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7439 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7441 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7443 unsigned long symcount;
7447 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7448 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7450 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7451 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7452 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7455 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7458 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7459 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7461 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7462 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7463 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7464 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7468 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7469 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7471 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7473 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7474 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7476 loc = &h->call_stub;
7478 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7479 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7480 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7481 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7482 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7485 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7489 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7491 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7497 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7499 unsigned long r_symndx;
7500 unsigned int r_type;
7501 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7502 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7504 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7505 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7507 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7509 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7511 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7512 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7519 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7521 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7522 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7523 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7526 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7527 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7528 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7531 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7532 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7535 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7536 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7537 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7538 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7539 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7540 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7541 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7542 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7544 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7546 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7547 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7549 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7551 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7552 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7553 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7559 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7560 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7567 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7568 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7569 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7571 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7572 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7573 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7574 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7575 against a read-only section. */
7578 && !htab->is_vxworks
7579 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7580 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7581 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7582 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7583 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7585 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7587 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7590 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7591 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7592 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7593 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7594 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7596 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7597 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7598 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7601 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7602 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7603 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7604 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7605 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7607 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
7612 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7615 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
7622 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
7628 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7629 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7630 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7631 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
7635 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
7639 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
7640 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7641 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7642 relocations against the text segment. */
7643 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7646 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
7647 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
7648 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
7649 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
7651 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7652 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7653 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7654 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7655 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7656 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7657 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7658 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7659 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
7660 rel->r_addend, info, 0))
7664 if (h != NULL && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type))
7665 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
7670 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7673 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7674 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7675 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7681 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7682 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7685 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
7686 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
7687 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
7688 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
7691 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
7692 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
7693 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
7699 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7700 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
7701 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
7704 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
7705 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7707 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
7708 if (hmips->root.def_regular
7709 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
7710 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
7715 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7717 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7718 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7719 if (!h || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE)
7721 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
7722 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
7723 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
7725 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
7727 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
7729 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
7730 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
7732 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
7733 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
7736 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
7739 addend = rel->r_addend;
7740 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
7746 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7747 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
7752 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7754 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
7757 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7758 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
7760 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7766 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
7767 for TLS GD relocations. */
7769 unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
7771 : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
7776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
7777 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7778 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
7780 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
7786 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
7788 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
7799 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7800 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
7801 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
7802 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
7806 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
7810 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
7812 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
7813 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
7814 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
7815 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
7816 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7817 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7818 relocations against the text segment. */
7819 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7823 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
7825 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
7826 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
7827 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
7828 it will be left as zero.
7830 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
7831 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
7833 For an executable, we only need to copy this
7834 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
7836 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7837 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7838 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7839 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
7840 are relocations against the text segment. */
7841 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7845 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7846 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
7847 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
7851 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
7852 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
7853 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
7854 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7855 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
7856 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
7859 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
7860 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
7861 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7862 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
7866 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
7867 used. Record for later use during GC. */
7868 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7869 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
7871 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
7879 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
7880 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
7881 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
7882 a normal .got entry. */
7883 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
7887 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7889 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7891 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7892 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7897 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
7898 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
7899 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
7900 when processing the stub's relocations. */
7902 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
7903 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
7905 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
7907 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7908 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
7911 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
7912 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
7913 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
7914 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
7915 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
7923 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
7924 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
7925 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
7926 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
7929 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
7930 and has a special meaning. */
7931 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
7932 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
7935 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
7936 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
7943 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
7944 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7945 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
7947 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
7948 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7960 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7961 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
7964 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
7965 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
7966 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7967 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7969 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
7970 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
7971 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
7973 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
7976 if (link_info->relocatable)
7979 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
7980 link_info->keep_memory);
7981 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
7984 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
7985 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7986 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7987 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7989 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
7992 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
7993 unsigned int r_type;
7994 unsigned long r_symndx;
7996 unsigned long instruction;
7998 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
7999 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8000 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8001 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8002 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8005 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8006 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8007 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8009 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8010 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8011 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8013 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8014 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8015 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8017 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8019 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8020 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8021 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8022 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8023 && !h->root.forced_local))
8026 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8027 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8028 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8029 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8030 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8032 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8036 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8038 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8039 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8041 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8042 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8043 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8044 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8046 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8050 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8051 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8053 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8054 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8055 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8056 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8059 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8060 symval = isym->st_value
8061 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8062 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8065 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8067 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8068 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8070 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8071 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8076 /* Check that it's in range. */
8077 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8080 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8081 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8084 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8086 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8087 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8088 instruction = 0x04110000;
8089 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8090 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8091 instruction = 0x10000000;
8095 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8096 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8097 changed_contents = TRUE;
8100 if (contents != NULL
8101 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8103 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8107 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8108 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8114 if (contents != NULL
8115 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8120 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8123 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8125 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8127 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8128 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8130 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8131 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8133 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8134 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8136 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8137 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8138 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8141 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8142 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8143 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8146 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8147 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8148 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8149 if (! info->relocatable
8150 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8151 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8155 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8157 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8159 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8160 non-default visibility. */
8161 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8164 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8166 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8168 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8175 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8176 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8177 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8178 relocations against it.
8180 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8181 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8183 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8185 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8186 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8187 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8190 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8191 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8192 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8193 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8194 against the text segment. */
8195 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8202 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8203 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8204 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8205 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8209 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8210 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8213 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8214 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8216 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8217 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8219 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8220 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8222 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8223 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8225 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8228 && !h->def_regular)));
8230 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8232 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8233 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8234 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8235 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8236 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8238 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8239 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8240 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8242 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8245 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8246 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8247 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8248 executable and the shared library. */
8249 if (!h->def_regular)
8251 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8252 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8256 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8257 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8259 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8260 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8261 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8262 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8263 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8264 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8265 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8266 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8267 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8268 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8269 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8270 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8271 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8273 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8275 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8277 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8279 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8280 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8281 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8282 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8283 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8284 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8287 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8288 for the same reason as above. */
8289 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8290 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8293 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8295 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8297 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8298 htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8300 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8301 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8302 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8303 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8306 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8307 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8308 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8310 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8311 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8312 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8314 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8315 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8316 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8317 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8318 function address. */
8319 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8320 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8323 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8325 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8326 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8327 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8328 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8330 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8331 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8332 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8334 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8335 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8336 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8341 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8342 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8343 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8344 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8346 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8347 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8348 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8349 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8353 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8354 in regular objects. */
8358 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8359 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8360 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8363 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8364 some that we can't convert. */
8365 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8367 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8368 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8369 h->root.root.string);
8370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8374 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8375 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8376 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8377 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8378 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8379 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8380 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8381 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8382 same memory location for the variable. */
8384 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8386 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8387 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8389 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8393 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8394 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8395 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8397 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8400 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8401 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8402 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8405 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8406 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8410 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8412 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8413 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8415 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8416 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8418 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8421 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8423 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8424 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8431 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8434 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8438 struct mips_got_info *g;
8439 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8440 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8442 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
8443 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8445 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8446 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8452 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8455 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8456 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8457 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8458 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8459 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8461 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8462 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8463 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8465 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8466 the target symbol. */
8467 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8470 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8471 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8473 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8474 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8476 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8478 asection *subsection;
8480 for (subsection = sub->sections;
8482 subsection = subsection->next)
8484 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8486 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8487 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8491 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8492 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8493 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8494 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8497 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8498 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8499 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8501 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8503 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8504 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8506 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8507 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8508 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8510 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8511 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8512 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8513 count_tls_arg.info = info;
8514 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
8515 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8516 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8518 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
8519 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8521 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8522 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8524 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8526 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8529 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8532 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8534 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8537 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8539 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8544 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
8546 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8547 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8548 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
8550 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8553 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
8554 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8555 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
8558 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
8564 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8567 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8569 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8570 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8572 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8573 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8575 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8578 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8579 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8580 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8582 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8583 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8584 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8586 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8587 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
8589 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8590 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
8591 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8592 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
8594 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
8597 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8598 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8599 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8602 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
8604 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8606 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
8607 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
8609 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
8610 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
8611 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
8612 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8617 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8618 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8621 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
8623 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8625 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8626 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8628 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8631 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
8632 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
8633 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8634 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
8635 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
8638 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
8641 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8642 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8645 asection *s, *sreldyn;
8646 bfd_boolean reltext;
8647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8649 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8650 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8651 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8652 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
8654 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8656 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
8657 if (info->executable)
8659 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
8660 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8662 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
8664 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
8667 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
8668 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
8670 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8672 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
8674 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
8675 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
8676 htab->root.hplt = h;
8683 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8684 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
8686 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
8688 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
8691 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
8693 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
8694 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
8697 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8701 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
8702 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
8703 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
8705 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
8708 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
8712 const char *outname;
8715 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
8716 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
8717 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
8718 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
8719 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
8721 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
8723 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
8725 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
8726 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8727 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
8730 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
8731 to copy relocs into the output file. */
8732 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
8735 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
8736 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
8737 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
8738 will move them around between input sections'
8739 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
8740 broken, so don't let it run. */
8741 info->combreloc = 0;
8744 else if (! info->shared
8745 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
8746 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
8748 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
8749 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
8752 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
8753 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
8754 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
8755 else if (s == htab->splt)
8757 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
8758 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
8759 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
8760 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
8761 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
8764 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
8766 && s != htab->sgotplt
8767 && s != htab->sstubs
8768 && s != htab->sdynbss)
8770 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
8776 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8780 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
8783 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
8784 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
8785 if (s->contents == NULL)
8787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
8792 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8794 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
8795 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
8796 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
8797 the .dynamic section. */
8799 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
8800 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
8801 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
8802 looks at the first one it sees. */
8804 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
8807 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
8808 used by the debugger. */
8809 if (info->executable
8810 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
8811 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
8814 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
8815 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8817 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
8819 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
8822 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
8823 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
8824 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
8825 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
8826 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
8829 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
8832 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
8833 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8835 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
8836 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
8837 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
8839 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
8842 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
8845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
8851 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
8853 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
8856 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
8859 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
8863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
8866 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
8869 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
8872 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
8875 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
8878 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
8881 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
8884 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
8885 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
8888 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
8889 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
8890 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
8891 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
8894 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
8896 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
8899 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
8902 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
8905 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
8908 if (htab->is_vxworks
8909 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
8916 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
8917 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
8918 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
8919 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
8922 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
8923 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
8924 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8926 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
8927 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8930 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
8932 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
8933 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
8934 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
8935 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
8936 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
8938 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
8939 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
8942 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
8943 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
8945 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
8946 if (!info->relocatable)
8948 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
8949 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
8952 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
8953 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
8954 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
8958 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
8961 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
8962 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
8963 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
8964 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
8965 asection **local_sections)
8967 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
8968 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
8970 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
8971 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8973 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
8974 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8975 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
8979 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8980 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
8981 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
8983 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
8984 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
8986 unsigned long r_symndx;
8988 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8989 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8990 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
8992 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
8993 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
8995 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
8996 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
8998 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
8999 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9000 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9002 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9007 unsigned long extsymoff;
9010 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9011 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9012 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9013 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9014 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9015 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9018 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9019 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9020 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9023 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
9024 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9025 rel, relend, howto, contents);
9027 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9029 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9030 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9031 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9032 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9033 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9034 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9035 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9037 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9039 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9043 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9045 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9046 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9047 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9049 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9052 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9053 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9055 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9056 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9057 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9060 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9064 name = h->root.root.string;
9066 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9067 local_syms + r_symndx,
9069 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9070 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9071 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9076 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9079 addend = rel->r_addend;
9080 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9081 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9084 if (info->relocatable)
9086 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9087 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9090 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9092 addend += rel->r_addend;
9093 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9094 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9095 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9096 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9097 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9098 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9100 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9102 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9103 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9104 source of the addend in the final link. */
9105 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9107 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9108 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9109 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9110 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9111 but for endianness. */
9117 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9119 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9126 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9127 do two separate stores. */
9128 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9130 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9132 low_bits = sign_bits;
9138 high_bits = sign_bits;
9140 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9141 contents + rel->r_offset);
9142 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9143 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9147 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9148 input_bfd, input_section,
9153 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9157 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9158 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9159 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9161 if (rel + 1 < relend
9162 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9163 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9164 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9166 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9168 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9169 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9170 input_section, info, rel,
9171 addend, howto, local_syms,
9172 local_sections, &value,
9173 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9174 use_saved_addend_p))
9176 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9177 /* There's nothing to do. */
9180 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9181 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9182 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9183 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9184 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9187 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9188 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9189 info->callbacks->warning
9190 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9193 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9194 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9195 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9196 a given location. */
9200 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9202 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9203 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9204 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9205 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9206 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9207 || howto->type == R_MIPS_LITERAL))
9209 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9210 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9212 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9213 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9215 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9216 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9217 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9230 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9231 until we reach the last one. */
9232 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9238 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9239 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9240 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9241 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9242 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9243 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9244 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9245 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9251 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9253 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9260 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9261 do two separate stores. */
9262 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9264 /* Undo what we did above. */
9266 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9268 low_bits = sign_bits;
9274 high_bits = sign_bits;
9276 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9277 contents + rel->r_offset);
9278 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9279 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9283 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9284 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9285 input_bfd, input_section,
9286 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9293 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9294 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9297 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9299 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9300 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9301 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9304 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9306 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9307 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9308 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9309 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9311 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9312 s = stub->stub_section;
9316 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9325 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9326 offset = stub->offset;
9328 /* Work out the target address. */
9329 target = (stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9330 + stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_offset
9331 + stub->h->root.root.u.def.value);
9332 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9333 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9335 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9337 /* This is a simple LUI/ADIDU stub. Zero out the beginning
9338 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9339 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9341 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9342 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9346 /* This is trampoline. */
9348 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9349 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9350 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9351 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9356 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9357 adjust it appropriately now. */
9360 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9361 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9363 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9364 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9365 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9368 "__dso_displacement",
9370 "__program_header_table",
9374 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9382 const char* const *p;
9385 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9386 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9389 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9391 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9393 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9394 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9396 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9398 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9400 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9406 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9407 dynamic sections here. */
9410 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9411 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9412 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9413 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9417 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9421 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9423 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9424 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9425 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9426 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9428 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9430 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9432 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9434 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9435 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9436 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9438 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9439 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9440 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9441 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9442 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9444 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9445 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9446 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9448 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9449 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9450 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9452 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9453 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9454 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9455 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9456 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9457 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9459 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9460 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9461 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9462 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9463 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9467 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9468 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9470 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9471 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9473 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9474 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9478 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9480 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9481 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9485 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9486 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9489 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9490 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9491 plt_index, h->dynindx,
9492 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9494 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9495 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9496 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9497 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9498 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9499 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
9500 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
9504 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
9506 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9507 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
9509 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9511 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9513 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9514 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
9516 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9517 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9519 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
9522 /* Fill the stub. */
9524 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9526 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9528 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9530 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
9534 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
9537 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9538 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9539 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9540 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9541 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
9542 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9544 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
9547 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
9548 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
9549 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
9551 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
9552 only for the referenced symbol. */
9553 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9555 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9556 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9557 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
9558 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
9559 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
9563 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9564 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9566 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
9568 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
9569 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
9570 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
9571 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
9572 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
9575 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
9576 || h->forced_local);
9580 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
9582 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
9583 the symbols that need them. */
9584 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
9589 value = sym->st_value;
9590 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
9591 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
9592 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
9595 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
9597 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
9603 e.abfd = output_bfd;
9608 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
9611 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
9616 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
9618 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
9619 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
9621 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
9622 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
9623 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
9624 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
9625 appropriate addend. */
9626 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
9628 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
9629 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9630 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
9632 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
9633 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
9636 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
9637 (output_bfd, info, rel,
9638 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
9642 entry = sym->st_value;
9643 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
9648 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
9649 name = h->root.root.string;
9650 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
9651 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
9652 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9653 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
9654 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
9656 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9657 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9660 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9662 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9663 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9664 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
9666 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
9668 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
9669 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
9671 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9672 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9674 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9676 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
9678 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9679 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9680 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
9681 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9683 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
9685 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
9686 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9687 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
9688 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9692 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
9698 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9699 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9701 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9702 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9703 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
9704 + h->root.u.def.value);
9705 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
9706 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
9709 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
9710 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
9711 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
9715 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9716 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
9717 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
9719 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
9720 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9721 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9722 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
9723 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
9724 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
9726 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9727 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
9729 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
9730 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
9731 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
9732 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
9734 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
9738 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
9739 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
9740 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
9742 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
9743 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
9749 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
9752 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9753 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9754 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9755 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9759 struct mips_got_info *g;
9760 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9761 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9763 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9764 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9765 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9766 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9768 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9771 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
9772 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
9773 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9775 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9776 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9777 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9779 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
9780 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9781 + htab->splt->output_offset
9784 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9785 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9786 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9788 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9789 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9790 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9793 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
9794 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9795 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
9797 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
9798 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
9799 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
9801 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
9802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
9803 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
9805 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9806 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9810 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
9811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
9812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
9816 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
9818 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
9819 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9820 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9822 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
9823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
9824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
9825 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
9827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
9828 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
9829 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
9831 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
9832 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9834 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
9835 rel.r_offset = got_address;
9836 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
9837 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
9838 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9840 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
9841 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9842 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
9843 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
9844 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
9845 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9847 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
9848 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9850 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
9851 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9854 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9855 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9856 rel.r_offset = got_address;
9857 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
9859 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9861 if (!h->def_regular)
9862 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9865 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
9869 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
9871 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
9872 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
9875 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
9879 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
9880 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
9881 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
9882 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
9884 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
9885 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9886 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9887 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
9888 + sgot->output_offset
9890 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
9891 outrel.r_addend = 0;
9892 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
9895 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
9898 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
9900 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9902 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9903 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
9904 + h->root.u.def.value);
9905 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
9907 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
9908 htab->srelbss->contents
9909 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
9910 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
9911 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
9914 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
9915 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
9916 sym->st_value &= ~1;
9921 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
9924 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9927 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
9928 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9931 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9932 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9934 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9935 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
9936 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9937 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
9939 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
9941 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
9942 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9943 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
9944 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9945 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
9947 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
9948 not be loaded in two instructions. */
9949 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
9950 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
9952 /* Install the PLT header. */
9953 loc = htab->splt->contents;
9954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
9955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
9956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
9957 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
9959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
9960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
9961 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
9964 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
9965 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9968 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9970 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9972 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
9973 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9976 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9977 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9979 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
9981 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9982 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9983 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
9984 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
9986 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9987 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
9989 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9990 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
9992 /* Install the PLT header. */
9993 loc = htab->splt->contents;
9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
9995 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
9996 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
9997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9998 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
9999 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10001 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10002 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10003 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10004 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10006 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10007 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10009 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10010 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10011 rela.r_offset += 4;
10012 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10013 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10014 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10016 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10017 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10018 in which symbols were output. */
10019 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10021 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10023 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10024 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10025 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10026 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10028 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10029 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10030 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10031 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10033 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10034 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10035 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10036 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10040 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10043 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10048 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10049 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10051 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10052 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10054 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10057 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10060 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10061 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10066 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10067 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10069 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10070 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10072 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10074 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10077 gg = htab->got_info;
10079 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10082 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10084 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10085 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10087 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10088 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10090 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10091 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10092 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10094 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10098 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10100 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10101 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10103 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10109 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10113 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10114 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10118 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10120 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10125 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10128 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10130 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10133 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10134 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10137 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10138 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10141 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10145 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10149 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10151 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10154 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10156 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10159 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10160 s = output_bfd->sections;
10161 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10162 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10165 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10166 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10169 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10170 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10171 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10172 referenced within the same object. */
10173 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10176 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10177 if (gg->global_gotsym)
10179 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10182 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10183 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10184 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10186 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10188 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10189 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10190 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10192 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10195 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10196 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10199 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10200 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
10203 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10204 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10205 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10206 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10210 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10211 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10213 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10217 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10218 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10219 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10221 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10225 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10226 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10230 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10231 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10232 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10236 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10237 the dynamic tag. */
10238 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10240 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10241 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10246 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10247 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10248 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10249 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10251 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10255 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10256 if (htab->is_vxworks
10257 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10262 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10263 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10264 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10268 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10273 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10274 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10275 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10278 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10279 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10281 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10283 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10284 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10285 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10286 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10287 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10288 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10289 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10291 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10292 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10293 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10295 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10299 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10300 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10301 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10302 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10303 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10304 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10307 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10308 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10311 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10312 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10314 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10315 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10317 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10318 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10320 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10322 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10323 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10325 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10326 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10327 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10329 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10331 if (! info->shared)
10334 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10336 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10337 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10338 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10339 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10340 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10341 0, &addend, sgot)))
10343 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10348 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10349 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10352 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10355 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10357 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10359 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10360 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10361 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10363 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10366 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10367 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10369 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10375 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10376 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10377 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10378 are trailing null entries. */
10379 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10380 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10381 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10382 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10383 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10384 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10385 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10386 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10391 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10396 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10403 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10405 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10407 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10408 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10412 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10414 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10415 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10418 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10419 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10422 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10423 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10425 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10427 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10428 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10429 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10430 htab->function_stub_size);
10435 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10436 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10437 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10438 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10439 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10441 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10443 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10445 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10447 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10448 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10449 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10450 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10452 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10453 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10454 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10459 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10461 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10464 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10466 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10470 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10471 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10478 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10481 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10485 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10488 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10489 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10492 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10493 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10496 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10497 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10500 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10501 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10502 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10503 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10504 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10507 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
10508 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
10511 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
10512 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
10515 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
10516 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
10519 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
10520 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
10523 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
10524 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
10527 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
10528 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
10531 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
10532 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
10535 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
10536 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
10539 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
10540 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
10541 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
10542 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
10543 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
10544 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
10545 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
10546 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
10549 case bfd_mach_mips5:
10550 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
10553 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
10554 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
10557 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
10558 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
10561 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
10562 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
10565 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
10566 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
10569 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
10570 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
10573 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
10574 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
10577 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
10578 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
10581 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
10582 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
10585 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
10586 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
10589 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
10590 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
10593 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
10594 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
10599 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
10600 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
10601 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
10604 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
10605 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10608 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
10612 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
10613 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
10614 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
10615 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
10616 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
10618 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
10619 info for each special section. */
10620 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
10621 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
10624 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
10626 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
10627 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
10628 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
10630 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10633 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
10634 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10635 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10636 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
10637 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
10638 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
10639 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10640 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10643 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
10644 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10645 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10646 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
10647 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
10648 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10649 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
10650 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10651 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10654 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
10655 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
10657 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10658 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
10660 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10663 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
10664 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10665 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10666 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10667 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
10668 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10669 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
10672 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
10673 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10675 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
10677 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10678 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10685 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
10689 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
10690 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10695 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
10696 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
10697 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
10700 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
10701 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
10702 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10703 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
10706 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
10707 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
10708 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
10709 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
10712 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
10713 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
10714 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
10715 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
10721 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
10724 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
10725 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10728 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
10731 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
10733 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
10734 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
10736 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
10737 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
10742 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10746 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
10748 m->sections[0] = s;
10750 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
10751 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
10753 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
10754 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
10762 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
10763 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
10764 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
10766 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
10767 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
10768 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
10769 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
10771 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
10773 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
10774 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
10779 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
10781 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
10783 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
10784 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
10787 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
10789 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
10790 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10791 options_segment->next = *pm;
10792 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
10793 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
10794 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
10795 options_segment->count = 1;
10796 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
10797 *pm = options_segment;
10803 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
10805 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
10806 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
10807 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
10808 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
10809 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
10811 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
10812 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
10817 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10821 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
10823 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
10828 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
10833 m->sections[0] = s;
10836 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
10837 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
10838 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
10848 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
10849 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
10851 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
10853 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
10856 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
10858 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
10859 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
10860 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
10861 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
10862 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
10864 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
10865 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
10868 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
10869 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
10870 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
10871 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
10872 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
10873 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
10874 which might move one of the other sections to a different
10875 PT_LOAD segment. */
10876 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
10879 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
10881 static const char *sec_names[] =
10883 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
10887 struct elf_segment_map *n;
10889 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
10891 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
10893 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
10894 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
10901 if (high < s->vma + sz)
10902 high = s->vma + sz;
10907 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
10908 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
10910 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
10913 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
10914 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10921 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
10923 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
10925 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
10927 n->sections[i] = s;
10936 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
10937 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
10939 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
10940 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
10941 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
10942 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
10943 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
10945 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
10946 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
10947 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
10948 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
10949 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
10952 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
10953 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
10955 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
10956 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
10958 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
10959 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
10963 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
10967 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
10975 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
10979 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
10980 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10981 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
10982 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10983 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10985 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
10988 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
10990 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
10991 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
10995 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
10998 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11001 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11002 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11003 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11004 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11007 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11008 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11009 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11010 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11011 unsigned long r_symndx;
11012 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11014 if (info->relocatable)
11017 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11018 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11019 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11021 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11022 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11023 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11025 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11026 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11028 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11029 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11030 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11031 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11032 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11033 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11034 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11035 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11036 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11037 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11038 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11049 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11050 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11051 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11052 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11055 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11056 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11057 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11061 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11063 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11064 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11065 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11066 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11067 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11068 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11070 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11073 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11074 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11075 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11076 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11077 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11078 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11080 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11081 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11083 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11085 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11086 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11088 if (indmips->call_stub)
11090 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11091 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11093 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11095 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11096 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11098 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11099 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11100 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11101 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11102 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11103 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11105 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
11106 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
11109 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11112 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11113 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11116 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11117 unsigned char *tdata;
11120 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11125 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11127 if (o->output_section != NULL
11128 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11131 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11135 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11136 info->keep_memory);
11143 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11144 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11146 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11148 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11157 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11158 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11164 if (! info->keep_memory)
11165 free (cookie->rels);
11171 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11173 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11179 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11180 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11181 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11183 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11186 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11189 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11193 end = contents + sec->size;
11194 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11196 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11198 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11201 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11204 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11205 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11209 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11210 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11212 struct mips_elf_find_line
11214 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11215 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11219 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11220 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11221 const char **filename_ptr,
11222 const char **functionname_ptr,
11223 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11227 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11228 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11232 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11233 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11234 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11235 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11238 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11241 flagword origflags;
11242 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11243 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11244 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11246 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11247 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11248 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11249 origflags = msec->flags;
11250 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11251 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11253 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11256 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11259 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11260 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11262 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11265 msec->flags = origflags;
11269 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11271 msec->flags = origflags;
11275 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11276 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11277 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11278 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11280 msec->flags = origflags;
11283 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11284 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11285 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11286 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11287 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11288 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11289 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11291 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11293 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11294 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11295 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11296 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11297 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11298 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11301 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11302 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11305 msec->flags = origflags;
11309 msec->flags = origflags;
11312 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11314 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11315 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11320 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11321 const char **filename_ptr,
11322 const char **functionname_ptr,
11323 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11326 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11327 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11328 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11333 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11334 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11335 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11338 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11339 const void *location,
11340 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11342 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11346 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11348 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11349 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11350 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11353 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11356 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11359 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11362 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11365 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11369 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11370 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11373 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11375 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11376 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11378 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11381 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11382 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11383 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11386 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11387 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11390 if (reloc_size < 0)
11393 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11394 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11397 /* read in the section */
11398 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11399 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11402 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11406 if (reloc_count < 0)
11409 if (reloc_count > 0)
11414 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11417 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11418 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11419 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11420 if (abfd && input_bfd
11421 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11425 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11426 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11433 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11434 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11435 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11438 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11439 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11441 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11443 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11444 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11446 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11448 case bfd_link_hash_new:
11457 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11459 char *error_message = NULL;
11460 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11462 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11463 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11464 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11466 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11467 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11468 to the generic handling. */
11470 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11471 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11472 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11473 input_section, relocatable,
11476 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11478 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
11483 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
11485 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11486 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
11490 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
11494 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
11495 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
11496 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11497 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
11500 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
11501 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
11502 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
11503 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
11504 (*parent)->address)))
11507 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
11508 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
11510 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11511 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
11512 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
11515 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
11524 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11525 free (reloc_vector);
11529 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11530 free (reloc_vector);
11534 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
11536 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
11537 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
11539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
11540 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
11542 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
11546 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
11547 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
11548 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
11556 /* We no longer use this. */
11557 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
11558 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
11560 ret->procedure_count = 0;
11561 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
11562 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
11563 ret->rld_value = 0;
11564 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
11565 ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
11566 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
11567 ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
11568 ret->srelbss = NULL;
11569 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
11570 ret->srelplt = NULL;
11571 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
11572 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
11574 ret->sstubs = NULL;
11576 ret->got_info = NULL;
11577 ret->plt_header_size = 0;
11578 ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
11579 ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
11580 ret->function_stub_size = 0;
11581 ret->strampoline = NULL;
11582 ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
11583 ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
11585 return &ret->root.root;
11588 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
11590 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
11591 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
11593 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
11595 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
11598 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11600 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
11601 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
11602 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
11607 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
11608 and copy relocs. */
11611 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
11613 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
11616 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
11617 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
11618 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
11621 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11624 struct bfd_link_order *p;
11625 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
11626 asection *rtproc_sec;
11627 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
11628 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
11629 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
11630 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11631 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11632 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
11633 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
11638 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11640 static const char * const secname[] =
11642 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
11643 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
11645 static const int sc[] =
11647 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
11648 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
11651 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
11653 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11654 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11656 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
11659 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
11661 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
11663 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
11667 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
11668 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
11670 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
11672 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
11673 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
11674 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
11675 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
11676 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
11677 else if (htab->is_vxworks
11678 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
11679 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
11680 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
11681 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
11682 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
11683 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
11685 else if (info->relocatable)
11687 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
11689 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
11690 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
11692 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
11695 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
11696 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
11700 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
11701 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
11702 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
11706 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
11708 reginfo_sec = NULL;
11710 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
11711 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
11712 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
11714 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
11716 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
11718 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
11719 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
11720 the information together. */
11721 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
11723 asection *input_section;
11725 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
11728 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
11730 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
11735 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
11736 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
11738 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
11739 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
11742 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
11744 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
11745 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
11746 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
11747 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
11748 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
11750 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
11751 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
11752 finally written out. */
11754 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11755 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11756 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11759 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
11760 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
11762 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
11763 matters, but someday it might). */
11764 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
11769 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
11771 struct extsym_info einfo;
11774 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
11775 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
11776 the information together. */
11777 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
11778 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
11779 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
11780 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
11781 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
11782 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
11783 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
11784 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
11785 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
11786 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
11787 symhdr->issMax = 0;
11788 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
11789 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
11791 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
11793 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
11794 debug_info structure. */
11796 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
11797 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
11798 debug.external_sym = NULL;
11799 debug.external_opt = NULL;
11800 debug.external_aux = NULL;
11802 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
11803 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
11804 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
11805 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
11807 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
11808 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
11812 esym.cobol_main = 0;
11816 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
11817 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
11818 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
11819 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
11821 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
11823 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
11824 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
11827 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
11828 last = s->vma + s->size;
11831 esym.asym.value = last;
11832 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
11833 secname[i], &esym))
11837 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
11839 asection *input_section;
11841 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
11842 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
11846 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
11848 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
11853 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
11854 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
11856 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
11858 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
11859 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
11860 want to deal with it. */
11864 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
11865 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
11867 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
11869 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
11870 read in the debugging information and set up an
11871 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
11872 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
11876 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
11877 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
11878 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
11881 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
11882 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
11883 the linker global hash table and save the information
11884 for the output external symbols. */
11885 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
11886 eraw_end = (eraw_src
11887 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
11888 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
11890 eraw_src < eraw_end;
11891 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
11895 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11897 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
11898 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
11899 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
11900 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
11903 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
11904 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
11905 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
11906 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
11911 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
11912 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
11913 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
11919 /* Free up the information we just read. */
11920 free (input_debug.line);
11921 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
11922 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
11923 free (input_debug.external_sym);
11924 free (input_debug.external_opt);
11925 free (input_debug.external_aux);
11926 free (input_debug.ss);
11927 free (input_debug.ssext);
11928 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
11929 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
11930 free (input_debug.external_ext);
11932 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11933 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11934 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11937 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
11939 /* Create .rtproc section. */
11940 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11941 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
11943 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
11944 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
11946 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
11949 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
11950 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
11954 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
11960 /* Build the external symbol information. */
11963 einfo.debug = &debug;
11965 einfo.failed = FALSE;
11966 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
11967 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
11971 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
11972 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
11974 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
11975 matters, but someday it might). */
11976 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
11981 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
11983 const char *subname;
11986 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
11989 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
11990 information describing how the small data area would
11991 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
11992 not used in executables files. */
11993 if (! info->relocatable)
11995 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
11997 asection *input_section;
11999 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
12001 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
12006 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
12008 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12009 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
12010 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12013 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
12014 currently matters, but someday it might). */
12015 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
12017 /* Really remove the section. */
12018 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
12019 --abfd->section_count;
12024 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
12025 uninitialized data. */
12026 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
12027 gptab_data_sec = o;
12028 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
12032 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12033 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
12034 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
12035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
12039 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
12040 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
12041 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
12042 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
12043 case we must change the name of the output section. */
12044 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
12045 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
12047 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
12048 o->name = ".gptab.data";
12050 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
12051 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
12052 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
12055 /* Set up the first entry. */
12057 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
12058 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
12061 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
12062 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
12064 /* Combine the input sections. */
12065 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
12067 asection *input_section;
12069 bfd_size_type size;
12070 unsigned long last;
12071 bfd_size_type gpentry;
12073 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
12075 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
12080 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
12081 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
12083 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
12084 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
12085 sorted by ascending -G value. */
12086 size = input_section->size;
12088 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
12090 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
12092 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
12093 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
12099 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
12100 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
12101 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
12107 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
12109 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
12110 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
12113 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
12115 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
12116 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
12118 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
12124 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
12127 /* We need a new table entry. */
12128 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
12129 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
12130 if (new_tab == NULL)
12136 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
12137 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
12139 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
12140 value, since that will be implied by this new
12143 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
12145 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
12147 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
12148 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
12152 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
12153 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
12158 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
12161 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12162 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
12163 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12166 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
12168 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
12170 /* Swap out the table. */
12171 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
12172 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12173 if (ext_tab == NULL)
12179 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
12180 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
12183 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
12184 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
12186 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
12187 matters, but someday it might). */
12188 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
12192 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12193 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
12196 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
12198 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
12200 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
12202 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
12203 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
12207 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
12209 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
12210 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
12212 mdebug_sec->filepos))
12215 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
12218 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
12220 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
12221 gptab_data_sec->contents,
12222 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
12226 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
12228 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
12229 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
12230 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
12234 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
12236 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12237 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
12239 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
12240 rtproc_sec->contents,
12241 0, rtproc_sec->size))
12249 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
12251 struct mips_mach_extension {
12252 unsigned long extension, base;
12256 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
12257 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
12259 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
12260 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
12261 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
12263 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
12264 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
12265 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
12266 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
12267 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
12269 /* MIPS V extensions. */
12270 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
12272 /* R10000 extensions. */
12273 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
12274 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
12275 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
12277 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
12278 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
12279 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
12280 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
12281 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
12282 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
12283 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
12285 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
12286 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12287 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12288 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12289 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12290 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12292 /* VR4100 extensions. */
12293 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
12294 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
12296 /* MIPS III extensions. */
12297 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12298 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12299 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12300 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12301 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12302 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12303 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12304 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12305 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12307 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
12308 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
12310 /* MIPS II extensions. */
12311 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
12312 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
12314 /* MIPS I extensions. */
12315 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
12316 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
12320 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
12323 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
12327 if (extension == base)
12330 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
12331 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
12334 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
12335 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
12338 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
12339 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
12341 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
12342 if (extension == base)
12350 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
12353 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
12355 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
12356 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
12357 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
12358 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
12359 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
12360 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
12361 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
12365 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
12366 there are conflicting attributes. */
12368 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
12370 obj_attribute *in_attr;
12371 obj_attribute *out_attr;
12373 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
12375 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
12376 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
12378 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
12380 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
12385 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
12386 non-conflicting ones. */
12387 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
12388 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
12389 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12391 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
12392 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
12393 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
12394 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
12396 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
12398 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
12399 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
12400 else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
12402 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
12403 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
12405 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12408 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12412 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
12418 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12424 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12434 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12438 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
12444 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12450 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12460 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12466 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12476 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12480 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12486 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12492 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12506 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
12507 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
12512 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
12513 object file when linking. */
12516 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
12518 flagword old_flags;
12519 flagword new_flags;
12521 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
12524 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
12525 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
12527 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12528 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
12533 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
12536 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
12538 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12539 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
12544 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
12547 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
12548 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
12549 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
12551 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
12553 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
12554 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
12555 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
12556 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
12558 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
12559 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
12560 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
12561 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
12563 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
12564 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
12571 /* Check flag compatibility. */
12573 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
12574 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
12576 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
12577 doesn't seem to matter. */
12578 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
12579 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
12581 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
12582 just be able to ignore this. */
12583 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
12584 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
12586 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
12587 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
12588 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
12590 if (new_flags == old_flags)
12593 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
12594 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
12595 actually cause any incompatibility. */
12596 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
12598 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
12599 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
12600 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
12601 not affect compatibility. */
12602 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
12603 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
12604 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
12606 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
12607 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
12608 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
12610 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
12614 if (null_input_bfd)
12619 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
12620 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
12622 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12623 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
12628 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
12629 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
12630 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
12631 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
12633 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
12634 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
12636 /* Compare the ISAs. */
12637 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
12639 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12640 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
12644 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
12646 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
12647 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
12649 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
12650 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
12651 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
12652 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
12653 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
12654 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
12655 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
12657 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
12658 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
12659 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
12660 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
12661 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
12662 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
12666 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
12667 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12668 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
12670 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
12671 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
12676 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
12677 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
12679 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
12680 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
12681 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
12682 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
12683 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
12685 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
12686 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
12687 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
12688 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
12690 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12691 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
12693 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
12694 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
12697 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
12698 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
12701 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
12702 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
12704 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
12706 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
12707 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
12710 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
12711 if (new_flags != old_flags)
12713 (*_bfd_error_handler)
12714 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
12715 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
12716 (unsigned long) old_flags);
12722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
12729 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
12732 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
12734 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
12735 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
12737 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
12738 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
12743 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
12747 default: return "";
12748 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
12749 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
12750 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
12751 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
12752 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
12753 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
12754 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
12755 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
12756 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
12757 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
12758 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
12759 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
12761 return "MIPS_MSYM";
12762 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
12763 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
12764 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
12765 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
12766 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
12767 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
12768 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
12769 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
12770 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
12771 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
12772 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
12773 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
12774 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
12775 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
12776 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
12777 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
12778 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
12779 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
12780 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
12781 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
12782 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
12783 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
12784 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
12785 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
12786 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
12787 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
12788 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
12789 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
12790 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
12791 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
12792 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
12793 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
12794 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
12795 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
12796 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
12797 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
12798 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
12799 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
12800 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
12801 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
12802 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
12803 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
12804 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
12805 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
12806 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
12807 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
12808 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
12809 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
12810 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
12811 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
12812 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
12813 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
12814 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
12815 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
12816 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
12817 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
12818 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
12819 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
12820 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
12821 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
12822 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
12823 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
12824 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
12825 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
12826 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
12827 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
12828 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
12829 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
12830 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
12831 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
12832 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
12833 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
12834 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
12835 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
12836 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
12837 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
12842 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
12846 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
12848 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
12849 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
12851 /* xgettext:c-format */
12852 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
12854 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
12855 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
12856 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
12857 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
12858 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
12859 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
12860 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
12861 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
12862 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
12863 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
12864 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
12865 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
12866 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
12867 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
12869 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
12871 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
12872 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
12873 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
12874 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
12875 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
12876 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
12877 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
12878 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
12879 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
12880 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
12881 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
12882 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
12883 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
12884 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
12885 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
12886 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
12887 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
12888 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
12890 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
12892 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
12893 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
12895 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
12896 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
12898 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
12899 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
12901 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
12903 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
12904 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
12906 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
12907 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
12909 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
12910 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
12912 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
12913 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
12915 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
12916 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
12918 fputc ('\n', file);
12923 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
12925 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12926 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12927 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
12928 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12929 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12930 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
12931 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
12934 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
12935 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
12936 definiton of the symbol. */
12938 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12939 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
12940 bfd_boolean definition,
12941 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12943 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
12945 unsigned char other;
12947 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
12948 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12949 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
12953 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
12954 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
12957 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
12958 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
12960 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
12962 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
12966 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12968 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
12969 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
12970 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
12973 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
12974 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
12977 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
12978 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12981 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
12982 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
12986 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
12988 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12989 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
12991 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
12994 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
12995 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
12997 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
12998 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;